blob: 2dde0661c8d4692192a0eac9e4e01c58dd46dc5a [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2011
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
5# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
6# project.
7#
8# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
9# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
10# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
11# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
12#
13# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16# GNU General Public License for more details.
17#
18# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
21# MA 02111-1307 USA
22#
23
24Summary:
25========
26
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000027This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000028Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
29processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
30initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
31code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000032
33The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
35header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000036support booting of Linux images.
37
38Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
39configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
40implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
41add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
42code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
43load and run it dynamically.
44
45
46Status:
47=======
48
49In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000051"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
52
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000053In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010054who contributed the specific port. The MAINTAINERS file lists board
55maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000057
58Where to get help:
59==================
60
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000061In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
62U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050063<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
64on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
65Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
66http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000067
68
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010069Where to get source code:
70=========================
71
72The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
73git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
74http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
75
76The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020077any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010078available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
79directory.
80
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010081Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010082ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
83
84
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000085Where we come from:
86===================
87
88- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090- clean up code
91- make it easier to add custom boards
92- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
93- extend functions, especially:
94 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
95 * S-Record download
96 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020097 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000098- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000099- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000100- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +0200101- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000102
103
104Names and Spelling:
105===================
106
107The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
108"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
109in source files etc.). Example:
110
111 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
112
113File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
114
115 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
116
117 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
118
119Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
120the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
121
122 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
123 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000124
125
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000126Versioning:
127===========
128
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200129Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
130were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
131into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
132names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
133Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
134releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000135
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200136Examples:
137 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
138 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
139 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000140
141
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000142Directory Hierarchy:
143====================
144
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500145/arch Architecture specific files
146 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
147 /cpu CPU specific files
148 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
149 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000150 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200151 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
152 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500153 /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs
154 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
155 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
156 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
157 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
158 /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs
159 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
160 /lib Architecture specific library files
161 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
162 /cpu CPU specific files
163 /lib Architecture specific library files
164 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
165 /cpu CPU specific files
166 /lib Architecture specific library files
Graeme Russfea25722011-04-13 19:43:28 +1000167 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500168 /cpu CPU specific files
169 /lib Architecture specific library files
170 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
171 /cpu CPU specific files
172 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
173 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
174 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
175 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
176 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
177 /lib Architecture specific library files
178 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
179 /cpu CPU specific files
180 /lib Architecture specific library files
181 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
182 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200183 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu80421fc2011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800184 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500185 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000186 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
187 /cpu CPU specific files
188 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
189 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500190 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
191 /cpu CPU specific files
192 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200193 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500194 /cpu CPU specific files
195 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
196 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
197 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
198 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
199 /mpc8220 Files specific to Freescale MPC8220 CPUs
200 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
201 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
202 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
203 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
204 /lib Architecture specific library files
205 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
206 /cpu CPU specific files
207 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
208 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
209 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
210 /lib Architecture specific library files
211 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
212 /cpu CPU specific files
213 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
214 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
215 /lib Architecture specific library files
216/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
217/board Board dependent files
218/common Misc architecture independent functions
219/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
220/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
221/drivers Commonly used device drivers
222/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
223/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
224/include Header Files
225/lib Files generic to all architectures
226 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
227 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
228 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
229/net Networking code
230/post Power On Self Test
231/rtc Real Time Clock drivers
232/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000233
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000234Software Configuration:
235=======================
236
237Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
238rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
239
240There are two classes of configuration variables:
241
242* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
243 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
244 "CONFIG_".
245
246* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
247 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
248 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200249 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000250
251Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
252identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
253do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
254links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
255as an example here.
256
257
258Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
259---------------------------------------------------
260
261For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
262configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
263
264Example: For a TQM823L module type:
265
266 cd u-boot
267 make TQM823L_config
268
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200269For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000270e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
271directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
272
273
274Configuration Options:
275----------------------
276
277Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
278such information is kept in a configuration file
279"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
280
281Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
282"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
283
284
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000285Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
286kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
287build a config tool - later.
288
289
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000290The following options need to be configured:
291
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500292- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000293
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500294- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200295
296- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100297 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000298
299- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
300 Define exactly one of
301 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
302--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
303 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
304 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
305
306- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
307 Define exactly one of
308 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
309
310- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
311 Define one or more of
312 CONFIG_CMA302
313
314- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
315 Define one or more of
316 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200317 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000318 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
319
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000320- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
321 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
322 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200323 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
324 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
325 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
326 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000327
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530328- Marvell Family Member
329 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
330 multiple fs option at one time
331 for marvell soc family
332
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000333- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000334 Define exactly one of
335 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000336
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200337- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000338 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
339 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000340 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
341 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000342 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
343 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000344
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000345- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200346 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
347 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000348 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000349 See doc/README.MPC866
350
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200351 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000352
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000353 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
354 of relying on the correctness of the configured
355 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
356 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
357 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200358 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000359
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100360 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
361
362 Define this option if you want to enable the
363 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
364
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600365- 85xx CPU Options:
366 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
367
368 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
369 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
370 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
371
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500372 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
373
374 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
375 tree nodes for the given platform.
376
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100377- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200378 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100379
380 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
381 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
382 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
383
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200384 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200385
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100386 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
387 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200388 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100389 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200390
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200391- MIPS CPU options:
392 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
393
394 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
395 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
396 relocation.
397
398 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
399
400 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
401 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
402 Possible values are:
403 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
404 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
405 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
406 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
407 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
408 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
409 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
410 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
411
412 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
413
414 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
415 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
416
417 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
418
419 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
420 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
421 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
422
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000423- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000424 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
425
426 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
427 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
428 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
429 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
430 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
431 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
432 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000433 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100434 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000435 default environment.
436
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000437 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
438
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200439 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000440 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
441 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
442
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400443 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200444
445 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400446 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
447 concepts).
448
449 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
450 * New libfdt-based support
451 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500452 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400453
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200454 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
455 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
456 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
457 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200458 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600459 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200460
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200461 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
462 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500463
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600464 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
465
466 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
467 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000468
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500469 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
470
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200471 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500472 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
473
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200474 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
475
476 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
477 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
478 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
479 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
480 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
481 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
482
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000483 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
484
485 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
486 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
487 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
488 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
489 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
490 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
491 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
492
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100493- vxWorks boot parameters:
494
495 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
496 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
497 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
498
499 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
500 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
501 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
502 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
503
504 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
505
506 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
507
508 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
509 the defaults discussed just above.
510
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000511- Cache Configuration:
512 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
513 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
514 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
515
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000516- Cache Configuration for ARM:
517 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
518 controller
519 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
520 controller register space
521
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000522- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200523 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000524
525 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
526
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200527 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000528
529 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
530
531 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
532
533 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
534 the clock speed of the UARTs.
535
536 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
537
538 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
539 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
540 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
541
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000542 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
543
544 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
545 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
546 this variable to initialize the extra register.
547
548 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
549
550 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
551 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
552 variable to flush the UART at init time.
553
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000554
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000555- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000556 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
557 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
558 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
559 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000560
561 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
562 port routines must be defined elsewhere
563 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
564
565 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
566 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
567 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042, board/eltec/bab7xx)
568 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
569 (default big endian)
570 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
571 rectangle fill
572 (cf. smiLynxEM)
573 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
574 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
575 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
576 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000577 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
578 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000579 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
580 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000581 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000582 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
583 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
584 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
585 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
586 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
587 (i.e. i8042_getc)
588 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
589 (requires blink timer
590 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200591 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000592 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
593 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500594 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000595 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
596 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000597 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
598 linux_logo.h for logo.
599 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000600 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200601 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000602 the logo
603
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000604 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
605 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
606 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000607
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000608 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
609 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
610 the "silent" environment variable. See
611 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000612
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000613- Console Baudrate:
614 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
615 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200616 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
617 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000618
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100619- Console Rx buffer length
620 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
621 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100622 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100623 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
624 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
625 the SMC.
626
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000627- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200628 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
629 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
630 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
631 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
632 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
633 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
634 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200635 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200636 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000637
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200638 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
639 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000640
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000641- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
642 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
643 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
644
645 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
646 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
647 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
648 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
649 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
650 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
651 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
652 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
653 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
654 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
655 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
656 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
657
658- Autoboot Command:
659 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
660 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
661 define a command string that is automatically executed
662 when no character is read on the console interface
663 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
664
665 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000666 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
667 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
668 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000669
670 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000671 The value of these goes into the environment as
672 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
673 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200674 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000675
676- Pre-Boot Commands:
677 CONFIG_PREBOOT
678
679 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
680 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
681 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
682 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
683 entering interactive mode.
684
685 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
686 automatically generated or modified. For an example
687 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
688 modified when the user holds down a certain
689 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
690 booting the systems
691
692- Serial Download Echo Mode:
693 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
694 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
695 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
696 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
697 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
698 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
699 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
700
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500701- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000702 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
703 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200704 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000705
706- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500707 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
708 from the build by using the #include files
709 "config_cmd_all.h" and #undef'ing unwanted
710 commands, or using "config_cmd_default.h"
711 and augmenting with additional #define's
712 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000713
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500714 The default command configuration includes all commands
715 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000716
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500717 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500718 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
719 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
720 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
721 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
722 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
723 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
724 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500725 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500726 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
727 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
728 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600729 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
730 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
731 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
732 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500733 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
734 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500735 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500736 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
737 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500738 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500739 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500740 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
741 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT partition support
742 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
743 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
744 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500745 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000746 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500747 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
748 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
749 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
750 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
751 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all found images
752 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500753 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500754 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
755 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
756 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
757 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Mike Frysinger1ba7fd22010-12-26 12:34:49 -0500758 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500759 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
760 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400761 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM print md5 message digest
762 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500763 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
764 loop, loopw, mtest
765 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
766 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
767 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100768 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500769 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
770 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600771 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
772 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500773 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
774 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
775 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
776 host
777 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
778 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
779 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
780 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
781 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
782 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
783 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
784 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
785 (4xx only)
Alexander Hollerc6b1ee62011-01-18 09:48:08 +0100786 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400787 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200788 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500789 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000790 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000791 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Che-liang Chiouca366d02011-10-06 23:40:48 +0000792 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500793 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500794 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
795 CONFIG_CMD_FSL * Microblaze FSL support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000796
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000797
798 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
799 support you can write:
800
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500801 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
802 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000803
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400804 Other Commands:
805 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000806
807 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500808 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000809 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
810 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
811 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
812 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
813 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
814 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000815
816
817 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
818
819- Watchdog:
820 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
821 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000822 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
823 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
824 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
825 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
826 available, then no further board specific code should
827 be needed to use it.
828
829 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
830 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
831 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
832 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000833
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000834- U-Boot Version:
835 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
836 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
837 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
838 version as printed by the "version" command.
839 This variable is readonly.
840
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000841- Real-Time Clock:
842
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500843 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000844 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
845 following options:
846
847 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
848 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Guennadi Liakhovetski7ce63702008-04-15 14:15:30 +0200849 CONFIG_RTC_MC13783 - use MC13783 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000850 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +0000851 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000852 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +0000853 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +0000854 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +0100855 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +0000856 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200857 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +0200858 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
859 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000860
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +0000861 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
862 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
863
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600864- GPIO Support:
865 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
866 CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command
867
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +0000868 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
869 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
870 pins supported by a particular chip.
871
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600872 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
873 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
874
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000875- Timestamp Support:
876
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000877 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
878 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
879 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500880 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000881
882- Partition Support:
883 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION and/or CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION
richardretanubun07f3d782008-09-26 11:13:22 -0400884 and/or CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION and/or CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000885
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100886 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
887 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
888 least one partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000889
890- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000891 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
892 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000893
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000894 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
895 be performed by calling the function
896 ide_set_reset(int reset)
897 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000898
899- ATAPI Support:
900 CONFIG_ATAPI
901
902 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
903
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000904- LBA48 Support
905 CONFIG_LBA48
906
907 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +0100908 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000909 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
910 support disks up to 2.1TB.
911
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200912 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000913 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
914 Default is 32bit.
915
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000916- SCSI Support:
917 At the moment only there is only support for the
918 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
919 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
920
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200921 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
922 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
923 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000924 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
925 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200926 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000927
928- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +0000929 CONFIG_E1000
930 Support for Intel 8254x gigabit chips.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +0000931
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +0100932 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200933 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +0100934
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000935 CONFIG_EEPRO100
936 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200937 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000938 write routine for first time initialisation.
939
940 CONFIG_TULIP
941 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
942 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
943 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
944
945 CONFIG_NATSEMI
946 Support for National dp83815 chips.
947
948 CONFIG_NS8382X
949 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
950
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000951- NETWORK Support (other):
952
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +0100953 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
954 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
955
956 CONFIG_RMII
957 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
958
959 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
960 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
961 The driver doen't show link status messages.
962
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000963 CONFIG_DRIVER_LAN91C96
964 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
965
966 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
967 Define this to hold the physical address
968 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
969
970 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
971 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
972
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +0000973 CONFIG_DRIVER_SMC91111
974 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
975
976 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
977 Define this to hold the physical address
978 of the device (I/O space)
979
980 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
981 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
982
983 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
984 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
985 (some hardware wont work with macros)
986
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +0800987 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
988 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
989
990 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
991 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
992 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
993 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
994 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
995 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
996 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
997 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
998
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +0200999 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001000 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1001
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001002 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001003 Define this to hold the physical address
1004 of the device (I/O space)
1005
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001006 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001007 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1008
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001009 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001010 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1011 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001012 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001013
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001014 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1015 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1016
1017 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1018 Define the number of ports to be used
1019
1020 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1021 Define the ETH PHY's address
1022
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001023 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1024 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1025
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001026- USB Support:
1027 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001028 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001029 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1030 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001031 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001032 storage devices.
1033 Note:
1034 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1035 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001036 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1037 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1038 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001039 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1040 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001041 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1042 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1043 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001044 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1045 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001046 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001047 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1048 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001049
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001050- USB Device:
1051 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1052 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1053 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001054 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001055 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1056 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001057 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001058 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1059 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1060 a Linux host by
1061 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1062 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1063 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1064 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001065
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001066 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1067 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001068
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001069 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1070 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1071 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001072
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001073 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001074 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1075 be set to usbtty.
1076
1077 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001078 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001079 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001080 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001081
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001082 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001083 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001084 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001085
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001086 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001087 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001088 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001089 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1090 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1091 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1092
1093 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1094 Define this string as the name of your company for
1095 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001096
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001097 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1098 Define this string as the name of your product
1099 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1100
1101 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1102 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1103 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1104 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1105 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001106
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001107 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1108 Define this as the unique Product ID
1109 for your device
1110 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001111
1112
1113- MMC Support:
1114 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1115 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1116 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1117 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001118 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1119 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001120
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001121 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1122 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1123
1124 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1125 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1126
1127 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1128 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1129
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001130- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1131 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1132 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1133 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1134
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001135 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1136 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001137 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1138
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001139 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001140 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1141 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1142
1143 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001144 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001145 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1146 have not defined a custom partition
1147
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001148- Keyboard Support:
1149 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1150
1151 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1152 support
1153
1154 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1155 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1156 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1157 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1158 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1159
1160- Video support:
1161 CONFIG_VIDEO
1162
1163 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1164 video).
1165
1166 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1167
1168 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1169
1170 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001171 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001172 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1173 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1174 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001175
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001176 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001177 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001178 are possible:
1179 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001180 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001181
1182 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1183 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1184 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1185 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1186 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1187 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1188 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001189 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1190
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001191 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001192 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001193
1194
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001195 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001196 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001197 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1198 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1199
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001200 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001201 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001202 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1203 support, and should also define these other macros:
1204
1205 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1206 CONFIG_VIDEO
1207 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1208 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1209 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1210 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1211 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1212 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1213
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001214 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1215 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1216 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1217 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001218
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001219- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001220 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001221
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001222 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1223 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1224 defined in your board-specific files.
1225 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001226
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001227- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1228
1229 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1230 display); also select one of the supported displays
1231 by defining one of these:
1232
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001233 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1234
1235 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1236
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001237 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001238
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001239 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001240
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001241 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001242
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001243 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1244 Active, color, single scan.
1245
1246 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1247
1248 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001249 Active, color, single scan.
1250
1251 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1252
1253 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1254 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1255
1256 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1257
1258 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1259 Active, color, single scan.
1260
1261 CONFIG_HLD1045
1262
1263 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1264 Active, color, single scan.
1265
1266 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1267
1268 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1269 or
1270 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1271 or
1272 Hitachi SP14Q002
1273
1274 320x240. Black & white.
1275
1276 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001277 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001278
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001279- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001280
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001281 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1282 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1283 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001284 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001285 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1286 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1287 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1288 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001289
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001290 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1291
1292 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1293 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1294 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1295 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1296 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1297 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1298
1299 Example:
1300 setenv splashpos m,m
1301 => image at center of screen
1302
1303 setenv splashpos 30,20
1304 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1305
1306 setenv splashpos -10,m
1307 => vertically centered image
1308 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1309
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001310- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1311
1312 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1313 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1314 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1315
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001316- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1317
1318 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1319 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1320 bmp command.
1321
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001322- Compression support:
1323 CONFIG_BZIP2
1324
1325 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1326 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1327 compressed images are supported.
1328
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001329 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001330 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001331 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001332
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001333 CONFIG_LZMA
1334
1335 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1336 images is included.
1337
1338 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1339 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1340 formula:
1341
1342 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1343
1344 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1345 and Literal pos bits.
1346
1347 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1348 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1349 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1350 a very small buffer.
1351
1352 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1353 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001354 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001355
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001356- MII/PHY support:
1357 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1358
1359 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1360
1361 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1362
1363 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1364
1365 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1366
1367 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001368 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001369
1370 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1371
1372 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1373 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1374 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1375 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1376
1377 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1378
1379 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1380 command issued before MII status register can be read
1381
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001382- Ethernet address:
1383 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001384 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001385 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1386 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001387 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1388 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001389
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001390 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1391 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001392 is not determined automatically.
1393
1394- IP address:
1395 CONFIG_IPADDR
1396
1397 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001398 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001399 determined through e.g. bootp.
1400
1401- Server IP address:
1402 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1403
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001404 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001405 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
1406
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001407 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1408
1409 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1410 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1411
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001412- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1413 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1414
1415 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1416 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001417 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001418 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1419 multicast group.
1420
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001421- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1422 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1423
1424 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1425 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1426 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1427 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1428 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1429 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1430 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1431 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001432 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001433
1434 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1435 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1436 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1437 4th and following
1438 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1439
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001440- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001441 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1442 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001443
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001444 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1445 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1446 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1447 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1448 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1449 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1450 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1451 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1452 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1453 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1454 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1455 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001456
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001457 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1458 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001459
1460 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1461 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1462 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1463 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1464 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1465 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1466 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001467 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001468
1469 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1470 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1471 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001472 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001473 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1474 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001475
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001476 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1477
1478 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1479 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1480 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1481 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1482 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1483 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1484 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1485 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1486 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1487 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1488 this delay.
1489
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001490 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001491 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001492
1493 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1494
1495 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1496
1497 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1498 of the device.
1499
1500 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1501
1502 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1503 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001504 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001505
1506 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1507
1508 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1509 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1510
1511 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1512
1513 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1514
1515 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1516
1517 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1518
1519 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1520
1521 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1522
1523 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1524
1525 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1526 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1527
1528 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1529
1530 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1531
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001532- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
1533
1534 Several configurations allow to display the current
1535 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1536 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1537 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1538 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1539 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
1540 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
1541 feature in U-Boot.
1542
1543- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
1544
1545 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
1546 on those systems that support this (optional)
1547 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
1548
1549- I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C
1550
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001551 These enable I2C serial bus commands. Defining either of
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001552 (but not both of) CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C will
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001553 include the appropriate I2C driver for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001554
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001555 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001556 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001557 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
1558 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001559 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001560
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001561 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001562
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001563 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C configures u-boot to use a software (aka
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001564 bit-banging) driver instead of CPM or similar hardware
1565 support for I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001566
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001567 There are several other quantities that must also be
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001568 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001569
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001570 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001571 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001572 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001573 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001574
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001575 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02001576 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001577 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
1578 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
1579 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001580
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05001581 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
1582
1583 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1584 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1585 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
1586 commands until the slave device responds.
1587
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001588 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001589
1590 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SOFT_I2C)
1591 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1592 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001593
1594 I2C_INIT
1595
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001596 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001597 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001598
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001599 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001600
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001601 I2C_PORT
1602
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001603 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
1604 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
1605 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001606
1607 I2C_ACTIVE
1608
1609 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1610 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1611 define can be null.
1612
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001613 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1614
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001615 I2C_TRISTATE
1616
1617 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1618 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1619 define can be null.
1620
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001621 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1622
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001623 I2C_READ
1624
1625 Code that returns TRUE if the I2C data line is high,
1626 FALSE if it is low.
1627
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001628 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1629
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001630 I2C_SDA(bit)
1631
1632 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1633 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1634
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001635 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001636 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001637 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001638
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001639 I2C_SCL(bit)
1640
1641 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
1642 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1643
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001644 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001645 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001646 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001647
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001648 I2C_DELAY
1649
1650 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
1651 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001652 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001653 like:
1654
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001655 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001656
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04001657 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
1658
1659 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
1660 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
1661 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
1662 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
1663
1664 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
1665 the generic GPIO functions.
1666
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001667 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001668
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001669 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1670 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1671 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
1672 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
1673 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
1674 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
1675 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
1676 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001677
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04001678 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
1679
1680 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
1681 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
1682 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
1683 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
1684 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
1685 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
1686 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
1687 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
1688
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001689 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
1690
1691 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
1692 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
1693 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
1694
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001695 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
1696
1697 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
1698 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
1699 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
1700 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
1701
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001702 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001703
1704 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05001705 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
1706 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
1707 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001708
1709 e.g.
1710 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001711 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001712
1713 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
1714
1715 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001716 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001717
1718 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
1719
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001720 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e61812006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001721
1722 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
1723 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
1724
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001725 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001726
1727 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
1728 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
1729
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001730 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001731
1732 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
1733 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
1734
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001735 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07001736
1737 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
1738 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
1739 specified DTT device.
1740
Timur Tabibe5e61812006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001741 CONFIG_FSL_I2C
1742
1743 Define this option if you want to use Freescale's I2C driver in
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001744 drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c.
Timur Tabibe5e61812006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001745
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001746 CONFIG_I2C_MUX
1747
1748 Define this option if you have I2C devices reached over 1 .. n
1749 I2C Muxes like the pca9544a. This option addes a new I2C
1750 Command "i2c bus [muxtype:muxaddr:muxchannel]" which adds a
1751 new I2C Bus to the existing I2C Busses. If you select the
1752 new Bus with "i2c dev", u-bbot sends first the commandos for
1753 the muxes to activate this new "bus".
1754
1755 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS must be also defined, to use this
1756 feature!
1757
1758 Example:
1759 Adding a new I2C Bus reached over 2 pca9544a muxes
1760 The First mux with address 70 and channel 6
1761 The Second mux with address 71 and channel 4
1762
1763 => i2c bus pca9544a:70:6:pca9544a:71:4
1764
1765 Use the "i2c bus" command without parameter, to get a list
1766 of I2C Busses with muxes:
1767
1768 => i2c bus
1769 Busses reached over muxes:
1770 Bus ID: 2
1771 reached over Mux(es):
1772 pca9544a@70 ch: 4
1773 Bus ID: 3
1774 reached over Mux(es):
1775 pca9544a@70 ch: 6
1776 pca9544a@71 ch: 4
1777 =>
1778
1779 If you now switch to the new I2C Bus 3 with "i2c dev 3"
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00001780 u-boot first sends the command to the mux@70 to enable
1781 channel 6, and then the command to the mux@71 to enable
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001782 the channel 4.
1783
1784 After that, you can use the "normal" i2c commands as
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00001785 usual to communicate with your I2C devices behind
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001786 the 2 muxes.
1787
1788 This option is actually implemented for the bitbanging
1789 algorithm in common/soft_i2c.c and for the Hardware I2C
1790 Bus on the MPC8260. But it should be not so difficult
1791 to add this option to other architectures.
1792
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06001793 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
1794
1795 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
1796 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
1797 between writing the address pointer and reading the
1798 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
1799 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
1800 devices can use either method, but some require one or
1801 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e61812006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001802
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001803- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
1804
1805 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
1806 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
1807 D/As on the SACSng board)
1808
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09001809 CONFIG_SH_SPI
1810
1811 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
1812 only SH7757 is supported.
1813
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001814 CONFIG_SPI_X
1815
1816 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
1817 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
1818
1819 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
1820
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001821 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
1822 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
1823 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
1824 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
1825 defined, the board configuration must define several
1826 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
1827 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001828
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05001829 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
1830
1831 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
1832 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
1833 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
1834 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
1835 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
1836
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02001837 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
1838
1839 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
1840 SoCs. Currently only i.MX31 is supported.
1841
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01001842- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
1843
1844 Enables FPGA subsystem.
1845
1846 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
1847
1848 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
1849 (ALTERA, XILINX)
1850
1851 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
1852
1853 Enables support for FPGA family.
1854 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
1855
1856 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001857
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001858 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001859
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001860 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001861
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001862 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001863
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001864 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001865
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001866 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
1867 status by the configuration function. This option
1868 will require a board or device specific function to
1869 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001870
1871 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
1872
1873 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
1874 configuration driver.
1875
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001876 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001877 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
1878
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001879 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001880
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001881 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
1882 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
1883 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
1884 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001885
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001886 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001887
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001888 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
1889 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
1890 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001891 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001892
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001893 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001894
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001895 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001896 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001897
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001898 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001899
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001900 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001901 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001902
1903- Configuration Management:
1904 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
1905
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001906 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
1907 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001908
1909- Vendor Parameter Protection:
1910
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001911 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
1912 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001913 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001914 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
1915 protects these variables from casual modification by
1916 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
1917 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001918 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001919
1920 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
1921 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001922 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001923 these parameters.
1924
1925 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
1926 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001927 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001928 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
1929 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
1930 read-only.]
1931
1932- Protected RAM:
1933 CONFIG_PRAM
1934
1935 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
1936 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
1937 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
1938 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
1939 this default value by defining an environment
1940 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
1941 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
1942 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
1943 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
1944 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
1945 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
1946 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
1947
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01001948 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001949 saveenv
1950
1951 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
1952 either, which results in a memory region that will
1953 not be affected by reboots.
1954
1955 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
1956 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
1957 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
1958 following board configurations are known to be
1959 "pRAM-clean":
1960
1961 ETX094, IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
1962 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON, LANTEC,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02001963 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001964
1965- Error Recovery:
1966 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
1967
1968 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
1969 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
1970 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001971 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001972 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
1973 useful during development since you can try to debug
1974 the conditions that lead to the situation.
1975
1976 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
1977
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001978 This variable defines the number of retries for
1979 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
1980 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
1981 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001982
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02001983 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
1984
1985 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
1986
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001987- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02001988 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00001989
1990 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
1991
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01001992 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
1993 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02001994
1995
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001996 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001997
1998 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
1999 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2000 powerful command line syntax like
2001 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2002 constructs ("shell scripts").
2003
2004 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2005 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2006
2007
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002008 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002009
2010 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2011 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2012 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2013
2014 Note:
2015
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002016 In the current implementation, the local variables
2017 space and global environment variables space are
2018 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2019 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2020 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2021 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2022 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002023
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002024 Global environment variables are those you use
2025 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2026 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2027 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002028
2029 To store commands and special characters in a
2030 variable, please use double quotation marks
2031 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2032 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2033 symbols.
2034
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002035- Commandline Editing and History:
2036 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2037
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002038 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002039 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002040
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002041- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002042 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2043
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002044 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2045 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002046 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002047
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002048 For example, place something like this in your
2049 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002050
2051 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2052 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2053 "myvar2=value2\0"
2054
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002055 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2056 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2057 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2058 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002059 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002060 You better know what you are doing here.
2061
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002062 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2063 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002064 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002065 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002066
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002067- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002068 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2069
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002070 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2071 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2072 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002073
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002074- SystemACE Support:
2075 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2076
2077 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2078 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002079 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002080 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002081
2082 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002083 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002084
2085 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2086 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2087
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002088- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2089 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2090
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002091 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002092 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002093 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002094 number generator is used.
2095
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002096 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2097 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2098 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2099
2100 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002101 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2102 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2103 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2104 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2105 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2106 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2107
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002108- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002109 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2110
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002111 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2112 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2113 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2114 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2115 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2116 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002117
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002118Legacy uImage format:
2119
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002120 Arg Where When
2121 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002122 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002123 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002124 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002125 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002126 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002127 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2128 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2129 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002130 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002131 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2132 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2133 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2134 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002135 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002136 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002137
2138 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2139 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2140 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2141 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2142 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2143 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2144 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002145 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002146 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2147 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2148
Peter Tyserea0364f2010-04-12 22:28:04 -05002149 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002150
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002151 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002152 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2153 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002154
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002155 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2156 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2157 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2158 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2159 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2160 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2161 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2162 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2163 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2164 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2165 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2166 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2167 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2168 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2169 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2170 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2171 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2172 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2173 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2174 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2175 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2176 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2177 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2178 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2179 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2180 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2181 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2182 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2183 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2184 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2185 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2186 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2187 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2188 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2189 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2190 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2191 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2192 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2193 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2194 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2195 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2196 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2197 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2198 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2199 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2200 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2201 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002202
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002203 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002204
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002205 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002206 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2207 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002208
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002209 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2210 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002211 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002212 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2213 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2214 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002215 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2216 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002217 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002218
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002219FIT uImage format:
2220
2221 Arg Where When
2222 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2223 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2224 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2225 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2226 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2227 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002228 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002229 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2230 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2231 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2232 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2233 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002234 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2235 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002236 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2237 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2238 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2239 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2240 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2241 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2242 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2243 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2244
2245 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2246 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2247 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002248 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002249 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2250 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2251 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2252 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2253 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2254 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2255 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2256 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2257 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2258 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2259 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2260 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2261
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002262 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002263 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2264
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002265 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002266 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2267
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002268 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002269 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2270
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002271- Standalone program support:
2272 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2273
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002274 This option defines a board specific value for the
2275 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2276 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002277 settings.
2278
2279- Frame Buffer Address:
2280 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2281
2282 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
2283 address for frame buffer.
2284 Then system will reserve the frame buffer address to
2285 defined address instead of lcd_setmem (this function
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002286 grabs the memory for frame buffer by panel's size).
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002287
2288 Please see board_init_f function.
2289
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002290- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2291 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2292 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2293 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2294
2295 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2296 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2297
2298- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2299 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2300
2301 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2302 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2303
2304 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2305
2306 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2307 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2308
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002309- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002310 CONFIG_SPL
2311 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002312
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002313 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2314 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002315
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002316 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2317 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002318
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002319 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
2320 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002321
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002322 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
2323 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002324
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002325 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
2326 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002327
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002328 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
2329 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002330
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002331 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
2332 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002333
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002334 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
2335 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002336
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002337 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
2338 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002339
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002340 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
2341 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002342
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002343 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
2344 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002345
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002346 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
2347 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002348
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002349Modem Support:
2350--------------
2351
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02002352[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002353
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002354- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002355 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
2356
2357- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
2358 CONFIG_HWFLOW
2359
2360- Modem debug support:
2361 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
2362
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002363 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
2364 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002365
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002366- Interrupt support (PPC):
2367
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002368 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
2369 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002370 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002371 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002372 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002373 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002374 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002375 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
2376 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
2377 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002378
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002379- General:
2380
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002381 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
2382 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
2383 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002384 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002385 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
2386 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
2387 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002388
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002389 If there are no modem init strings in the
2390 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
2391 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002392 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002393
2394 See also: doc/README.Modem
2395
2396
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002397Configuration Settings:
2398-----------------------
2399
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002400- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002401 undefine this when you're short of memory.
2402
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06002403- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
2404 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
2405
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002406- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002407 prompt for user input.
2408
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002409- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002410
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002411- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002412
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002413- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002414
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002415- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002416 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
2417 booted
2418
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002419- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002420 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
2421
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002422- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002423 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002424
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002425- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002426 If the board specific function
2427 extern int overwrite_console (void);
2428 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002429 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
2430
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002431- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002432 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002433
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002434- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002435 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
2436
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002437- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002438 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
2439 simple memory test.
2440
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002441- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002442 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002443
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002444- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00002445 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
2446 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
2447
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002448- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
2449 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002450 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002451 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002452 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
2453 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
2454 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002455 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002456 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002457 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002458
2459 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
2460 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
2461 be touched.
2462
2463 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
2464 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
2465 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
2466 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
2467 problems.
2468
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002469- CONFIG_SYS_TFTP_LOADADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002470 Default load address for network file downloads
2471
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002472- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002473 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
2474
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002475- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002476 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
2477
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002478- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002479 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
2480 Cogent motherboard)
2481
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002482- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002483 Physical start address of Flash memory.
2484
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002485- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002486 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
2487 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02002488 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002489 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002490
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002491- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002492 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
2493 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
2494 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
2495 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002496
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002497- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002498 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
2499
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002500- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002501 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
2502 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002503 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002504 to adjust this setting to your needs.
2505
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002506- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002507 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
2508 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02002509 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
2510 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
2511 enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
2512 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00002513 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
2514 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
2515 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
2516 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002517
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06002518- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
2519 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
2520 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
2521 is enabled.
2522
2523- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
2524 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
2525 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2526
2527- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
2528 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
2529 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2530
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002531- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002532 Max number of Flash memory banks
2533
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002534- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002535 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
2536
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002537- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002538 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
2539
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002540- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002541 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
2542
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002543- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002544 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
2545
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002546- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002547 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
2548
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002549- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002550 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
2551 instead of U-Boot software protection.
2552
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002553- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002554
2555 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
2556 without this option such a download has to be
2557 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
2558 copy from RAM to flash.
2559
2560 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
2561 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002562 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
2563 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002564 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
2565
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002566- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002567 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002568 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
2569
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02002570- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002571 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
2572 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002573
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01002574- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
2575 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
2576 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
2577 to the MTD layer.
2578
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002579- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02002580 Use buffered writes to flash.
2581
2582- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
2583 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
2584 write commands.
2585
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002586- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01002587 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
2588 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
2589 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
2590 optionally available.
2591
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05002592- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
2593 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
2594 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
2595 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
2596
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002597- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002598 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
2599 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002600 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
2601 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002602 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002603 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
2604
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002605- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
2606
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02002607 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
2608 internally to store the environment settings. The default
2609 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
2610 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
2611 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002612
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002613The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
2614of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
2615following configurations:
2616
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00002617- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
2618
2619 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
2620 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
2621
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02002622- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002623
2624 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
2625
2626 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
2627 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
2628 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
2629 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
2630 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
2631 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
2632 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
2633 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
2634 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
2635 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
2636 between U-Boot and the environment.
2637
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002638 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002639
2640 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
2641 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
2642 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
2643 for this sector is given here.
2644
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002645 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002646
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002647 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002648
2649 This is just another way to specify the start address of
2650 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002651 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002652
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002653 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002654
2655 Size of the sector containing the environment.
2656
2657
2658 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
2659 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
2660 the environment.
2661
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002662 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002663
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02002664 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002665 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002666 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
2667 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
2668
2669 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
2670 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
2671 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
2672 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
2673 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
2674 updating the environment in flash makes it always
2675 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
2676 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
2677 RAM, your target system will be dead.
2678
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002679 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
2680 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002681
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002682 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002683 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00002684 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002685 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002686
2687BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
2688source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
2689accordingly!
2690
2691
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02002692- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002693
2694 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
2695 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
2696 environment.
2697
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002698 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
2699 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002700
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002701 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002702 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
2703 can just be read and written to, without any special
2704 provision.
2705
2706BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
2707in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002708console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002709U-Boot will hang.
2710
2711Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
2712environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
2713keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
2714to save the current settings.
2715
2716
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02002717- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002718
2719 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
2720 device and a driver for it.
2721
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002722 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
2723 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002724
2725 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
2726 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
2727
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002728 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002729 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
2730 The default address is zero.
2731
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002732 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002733 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
2734 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
2735 would require six bits.
2736
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002737 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002738 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002739 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002740
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002741 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002742 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
2743 that this is NOT the chip address length!
2744
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002745 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00002746 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
2747 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
2748 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
2749 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
2750 byte chips.
2751
2752 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
2753 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
2754 in the chip address.
2755
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002756 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002757 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
2758
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01002759 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
2760 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
2761 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
2762
2763 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
2764 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
2765 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
2766 EEPROM. For example:
2767
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +02002768 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS "pca9547:70:d\0"
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01002769
2770 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
2771 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002772
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02002773- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00002774
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002775 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00002776 want to use for the environment.
2777
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002778 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
2779 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
2780 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00002781
2782 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
2783 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
2784 at the specified address.
2785
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02002786- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00002787
2788 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
2789 for the environment.
2790
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002791 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
2792 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00002793
2794 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05002795 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
2796 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00002797
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05002798 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01002799
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002800 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05002801 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
2802 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
2803 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
2804 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01002805
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05002806 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
2807
2808 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
2809 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
2810 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
2811 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
2812 the range to be avoided.
2813
2814 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
2815
2816 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
2817 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
2818 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
2819 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
2820 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01002821
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02002822- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
2823
2824 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
2825 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
2826 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
2827
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002828- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002829
2830 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
2831 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
2832 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
2833 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
2834 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
2835 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
2836 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
2837
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07002838Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002839has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02002840created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002841until then to read environment variables.
2842
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00002843The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
2844is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
2845with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
2846necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
2847"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
2848have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002849
2850Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
2851the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00002852use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002853
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002854- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002855 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00002856
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002857 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00002858 also needs to be defined.
2859
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002860- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002861 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002862
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08002863- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
2864 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
2865 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
2866 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
2867 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
2868 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
2869
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002870Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00002871---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002872
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002873- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002874 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
2875
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002876- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002877 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002878
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002879 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
2880 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
2881 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002882
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05002883- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
2884 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
2885 PowerPC SOCs.
2886
2887- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
2888 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
2889 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
2890
2891 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
2892 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
2893
2894- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
2895 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
2896 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
2897 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
2898 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
2899 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
2900 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
2901
2902 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
2903 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
2904
2905- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002906 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
2907 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05002908 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
2909 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
2910
2911- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
2912 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
2913 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
2914 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
2915
2916- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
2917 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
2918 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
2919
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00002920- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002921 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00002922
2923 the default drive number (default value 0)
2924
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002925 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00002926
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002927 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00002928 (default value 1)
2929
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002930 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00002931
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002932 defines the offset of register from address. It
2933 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002934 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00002935
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002936 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
2937 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002938 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00002939
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002940 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002941 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
2942 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
2943 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
2944 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00002945
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00002946- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
2947 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
2948 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
2949 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
2950 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
2951 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
2952 is requierd.
2953
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002954- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00002955 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00002956 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002957
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002958- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002959
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002960 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002961 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
2962 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
2963 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
2964 will become available only after programming the
2965 memory controller and running certain initialization
2966 sequences.
2967
2968 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
2969 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
2970 - MPC824X: data cache
2971 - PPC4xx: data cache
2972
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002973- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002974
2975 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002976 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
2977 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002978 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02002979 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002980 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
2981 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
2982 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002983
2984 Note:
2985 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
2986 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002987 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002988 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
2989 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
2990
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002991- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002992
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002993- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002994
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002995- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002996
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002997- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002998
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002999- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003000
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003001- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003002
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003003- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003004 SDRAM timing
3005
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003006- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003007 periodic timer for refresh
3008
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003009- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003010
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003011- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3012 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3013 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3014 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003015 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3016
3017- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003018 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3019 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003020 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3021
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003022- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
3023 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003024 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
3025 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
3026
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003027- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003028 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3029 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
3030
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003031- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01003032 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3033 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
3034
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003035- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003036 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3037 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
3038
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003039- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003040 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
3041 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
3042 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
3043
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003044- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003045 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
3046 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
3047 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
3048 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00003049
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003050- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3051 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
3052 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
3053 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3054 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
3055 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
3056 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
3057 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003058 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00003059
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01003060- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
3061 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
3062 required.
3063
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003064- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3065 Chip has SRIO or not
3066
3067- CONFIG_SRIO1:
3068 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3069
3070- CONFIG_SRIO2:
3071 Board has SRIO 2 port available
3072
3073- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
3074 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3075
3076- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
3077 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3078
3079- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
3080 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3081
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04003082- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_16
3083 Defined to tell the NDFC that the NAND chip is using a
3084 16 bit bus.
3085
3086- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
3087 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
3088 a default value will be used.
3089
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003090- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003091 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
3092 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
3093
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003094 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
3095 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
3096
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003097- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003098 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
3099 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
3100 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003101
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08003102- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
3103 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
3104 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
3105 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
3106 header files or board specific files.
3107
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07003108- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
3109 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
3110
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003111- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003112 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
3113 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06003114
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003115- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
3116 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
3117
3118- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
3119 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00003120 to the given FEC; i. e.
3121 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003122 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
3123
3124 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
3125
3126- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
3127 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
3128 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
3129
3130- CONFIG_RMII
3131 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
3132 Note that this is a global option, we can't
3133 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
3134
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003135- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
3136 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
3137 The syntax is:
3138
3139 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
3140
3141 Where address/count indicate a memory area
3142 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
3143 area should have.
3144
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003145- CONFIG_LOOPW
3146 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003147 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003148
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003149- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
3150 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
3151 "md/mw" commands.
3152 Examples:
3153
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003154 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003155 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
3156
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003157 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003158 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
3159
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003160 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003161 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003162
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003163- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00003164 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003165 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
3166 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
3167 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003168
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003169 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
3170 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
3171 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
3172 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003173
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00003174- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02003175 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3176 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
3177 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00003178
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00003179- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
3180 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
3181 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
3182 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
3183 conditions but may increase the binary size.
3184
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003185Building the Software:
3186======================
3187
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003188Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
3189and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
3190all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
3191(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
3192recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
3193which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003194
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003195If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
3196have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
3197you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
3198Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
3199necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003200
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003201 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
3202 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003203
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05003204Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
3205 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
3206 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
3207 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
3208
3209 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
3210
3211 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
3212 be executed on computers running Windows.
3213
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003214U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
3215sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003216is done by typing:
3217
3218 make NAME_config
3219
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003220where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
3221rations; see the main Makefile for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00003222
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003223Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
3224 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
3225 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
3226 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003227 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003228
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003229 make TQM823L_config
3230 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003231
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003232 make TQM823L_LCD_config
3233 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003234
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003235 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003236
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003237
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003238Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
3239images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003240
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003241- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
3242- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
3243- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003244
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003245By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
3246in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
3247this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
3248
32491. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
3250
3251 make O=/tmp/build distclean
3252 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
3253 make O=/tmp/build all
3254
32552. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
3256
3257 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3258 make distclean
3259 make NAME_config
3260 make all
3261
3262Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
3263variable.
3264
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003265
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003266Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
3267for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
3268native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003269
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003270
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003271If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
3272to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
3273steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003274
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000032751. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
3276 "Makefile" and to the "MAKEALL" script, using the existing
3277 entries as examples. Note that here and at many other places
3278 boards and other names are listed in alphabetical sort order. Please
3279 keep this order.
32802. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
3281 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
3282 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
32833. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
3284 your board
32853. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
3286 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
32874. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
32885. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
3289 to be installed on your target system.
32906. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
3291 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003292
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003293
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003294Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
3295==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003296
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003297If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
3298or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003299provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
3300the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003301official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003302
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003303But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
3304cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003305the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
3306just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003307for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
3308select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
3309environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
3310you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003311
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003312 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003313
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003314or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003315
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003316 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003317
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003318When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
3319U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
3320setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
3321built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
3322<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
3323location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
3324variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003325
3326 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3327 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
3328 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
3329
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003330With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
3331log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
3332during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003333
3334
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003335See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003336
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003337
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003338Monitor Commands - Overview:
3339============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003340
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003341go - start application at address 'addr'
3342run - run commands in an environment variable
3343bootm - boot application image from memory
3344bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
3345tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
3346 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
3347 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00003348tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003349rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
3350diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
3351loads - load S-Record file over serial line
3352loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
3353md - memory display
3354mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
3355nm - memory modify (constant address)
3356mw - memory write (fill)
3357cp - memory copy
3358cmp - memory compare
3359crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05003360i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003361sspi - SPI utility commands
3362base - print or set address offset
3363printenv- print environment variables
3364setenv - set environment variables
3365saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
3366protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
3367erase - erase FLASH memory
3368flinfo - print FLASH memory information
3369bdinfo - print Board Info structure
3370iminfo - print header information for application image
3371coninfo - print console devices and informations
3372ide - IDE sub-system
3373loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003374loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003375mtest - simple RAM test
3376icache - enable or disable instruction cache
3377dcache - enable or disable data cache
3378reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
3379echo - echo args to console
3380version - print monitor version
3381help - print online help
3382? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003383
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003384
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003385Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
3386========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003387
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003388TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003389
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003390For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003391
3392
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003393Environment Variables:
3394======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003395
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003396U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
3397can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003398
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003399Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
3400"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
3401without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
3402environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
3403working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
3404environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003405
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003406Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
3407
3408List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003409
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003410 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003411
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003412 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003413
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003414 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003415
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003416 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003417
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003418 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003419
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003420 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3421 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3422 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
3423 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
3424 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
3425 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003426 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
3427 bootm_mapsize.
3428
3429 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
3430 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
3431 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
3432 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
3433 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
3434 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
3435 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003436
3437 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3438 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3439 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
3440 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
3441 environment variable.
3442
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02003443 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
3444 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
3445 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
3446
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003447 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
3448 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
3449 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
3450 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003451
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003452 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
3453 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
3454 be automatically started (by internally calling
3455 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003456
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003457 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
3458 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
3459 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
3460 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
3461 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003462
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003463 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
3464 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
3465 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
3466 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
3467 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
3468 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
3469 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
3470 must be accessible by the kernel.
3471
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00003472 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
3473 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
3474 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
3475 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
3476 it must be saved and board must be reset.
3477
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003478 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
3479 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
3480 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
3481 is usually what you want since it allows for
3482 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
3483 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003484 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003485 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
3486 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
3487 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
3488 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003489
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003490 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
3491 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
3492 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
3493 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
3494 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
3495 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003496
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003497 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003498
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003499 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
3500 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
3501 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
3502 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
3503 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
3504 boot time on your system, but requires that this
3505 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00003506
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003507 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003508
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003509 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
3510 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003511
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003512 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003513
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003514 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00003515
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003516 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003517
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003518 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003519
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003520 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003521
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003522 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003523
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003524 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
3525 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003526
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02003527 => setenv ethact FEC
3528 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
3529 => setenv ethact SCC
3530 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003531
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01003532 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
3533 available network interfaces.
3534 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
3535
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003536 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003537 either succeed or fail without retrying.
3538 When set to "once" the network operation will
3539 fail when all the available network interfaces
3540 are tried once without success.
3541 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
3542 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003543
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01003544 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01003545
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003546 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003547 UDP source port.
3548
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003549 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
3550 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
3551
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003552 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
3553 we use the TFTP server's default block size
3554
3555 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
3556 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
3557 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
3558 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
3559 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
3560 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
3561 with unreliable TFTP servers.
3562
3563 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003564 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003565 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003566
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003567The following image location variables contain the location of images
3568used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
3569not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
3570variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
3571server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
3572loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
3573flash or offset in NAND flash.
3574
3575*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
3576boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
3577boards use these variables for other purposes.
3578
3579Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
3580----- --------- ----------- --------------
3581u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
3582Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
3583device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
3584ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
3585
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003586The following environment variables may be used and automatically
3587updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
3588depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003589
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003590 bootfile - see above
3591 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
3592 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
3593 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
3594 hostname - Target hostname
3595 ipaddr - see above
3596 netmask - Subnet Mask
3597 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
3598 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003599
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003600
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003601There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003602
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003603 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
3604 as type string and/or serial number
3605 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003606
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003607These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
3608the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
3609once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003610
3611
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003612Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003613
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003614 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
3615 with the "version" command. This variable is
3616 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003617
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003618
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003619Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
3620only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003621
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003622
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003623Command Line Parsing:
3624=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003625
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003626There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
3627the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003628
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003629Old, simple command line parser:
3630--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003631
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003632- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
3633- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01003634- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003635- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
3636 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01003637 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003638- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
3639 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003640
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003641Hush shell:
3642-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003643
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003644- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
3645 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
3646 until...do...done, ...
3647- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
3648 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
3649 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
3650 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003651
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003652General rules:
3653--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003654
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003655(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
3656 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
3657 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
3658 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003659
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003660(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003661 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003662 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
3663 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003664
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003665Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
3666=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003667
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003668Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003669such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
3670"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003671
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003672Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
3673MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
3674"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003675
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003676If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
3677in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
3678ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
3679variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003680
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003681o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
3682 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003683
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003684o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
3685 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
3686 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003687
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003688o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
3689 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003690
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003691o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
3692 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
3693 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003694
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003695o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
3696 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003697
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07003698If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
3699will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
3700may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
3701The naming convention is as follows:
3702"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003703
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003704Image Formats:
3705==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003706
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01003707U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
3708images in two formats:
3709
3710New uImage format (FIT)
3711-----------------------
3712
3713Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
3714to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
3715components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
3716SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
3717
3718
3719Old uImage format
3720-----------------
3721
3722Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
3723preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
3724details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003725
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003726* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
3727 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05003728 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
3729 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
3730 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02003731* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00003732 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
3733 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003734* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
3735* Load Address
3736* Entry Point
3737* Image Name
3738* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003739
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003740The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
3741and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
3742CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003743
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003744
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003745Linux Support:
3746==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003747
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003748Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
3749easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
3750U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003751
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003752U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
3753special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
3754"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
3755instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
3756serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003757
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003758- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
3759 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
3760 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003761
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003762- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
3763 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003764
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003765- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
3766 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
3767 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
3768 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
3769 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
3770 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003771
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003772
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003773Linux HOWTO:
3774============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003775
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003776Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
3777---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003778
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003779U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
3780configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
3781(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
3782Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003783
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003784But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003785
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003786Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
3787include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02003788Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
3789and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003790as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003791
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003792
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003793Configuring the Linux kernel:
3794-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003795
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003796No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
3797device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003798
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003799
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003800Building a Linux Image:
3801-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003802
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003803With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
3804not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
3805"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
3806U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
3807which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
3808100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003809
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003810Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003811
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003812 make TQM850L_config
3813 make oldconfig
3814 make dep
3815 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003816
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003817The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
3818encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
3819CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003820
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003821* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003822
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003823* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003824
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003825 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
3826 -R .note -R .comment \
3827 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003828
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003829* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003830
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003831 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003832
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003833* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00003834
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003835 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
3836 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
3837 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00003838
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00003839
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003840The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
3841with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
3842combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
3843byte header containing information about target architecture,
3844operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
3845stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00003846
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003847"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
3848print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00003849
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003850In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
3851contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
3852checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00003853
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003854 tools/mkimage -l image
3855 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00003856
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003857The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
3858from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00003859
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003860 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
3861 -n name -d data_file image
3862 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
3863 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
3864 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
3865 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
3866 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
3867 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
3868 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
3869 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00003870
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00003871Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
3872address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
3873kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003874
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003875- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
3876- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003877
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003878So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003879
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003880 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
3881 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003882 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003883 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
3884 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
3885 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
3886 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
3887 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
3888 Load Address: 0x00000000
3889 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003890
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003891To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003892
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003893 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
3894 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
3895 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
3896 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
3897 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
3898 Load Address: 0x00000000
3899 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003900
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003901NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
3902speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
3903needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
3904need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003905
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003906 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003907 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
3908 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003909 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003910 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
3911 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
3912 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
3913 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
3914 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
3915 Load Address: 0x00000000
3916 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003917
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003918
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003919Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
3920when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00003921
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003922 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
3923 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
3924 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
3925 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
3926 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
3927 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
3928 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
3929 Load Address: 0x00000000
3930 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00003931
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00003932
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003933Installing a Linux Image:
3934-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00003935
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003936To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
3937you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00003938
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003939 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00003940
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003941The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
3942image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
3943address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
3944specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
3945command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003946
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003947Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
3948TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003949
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003950 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003951
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003952 .......... done
3953 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003954
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003955 => loads 40100000
3956 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
3957 ~>examples/image.srec
3958 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
3959 ...
3960 15989 15990 15991 15992
3961 [file transfer complete]
3962 [connected]
3963 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003964
3965
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003966You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003967this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003968corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003969
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003970 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003971
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003972 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
3973 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
3974 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
3975 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
3976 Load Address: 00000000
3977 Entry Point: 0000000c
3978 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003979
3980
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003981Boot Linux:
3982-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003983
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003984The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
3985memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
3986of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
3987parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
3988"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003989
3990
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003991 => printenv bootargs
3992 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003993
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003994 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003995
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003996 => printenv bootargs
3997 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003998
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003999 => bootm 40020000
4000 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
4001 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
4002 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4003 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
4004 Load Address: 00000000
4005 Entry Point: 0000000c
4006 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4007 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4008 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
4009 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4010 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4011 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4012 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
4013 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004014
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004015If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004016the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
4017format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004018
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004019 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004020
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004021 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4022 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4023 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4024 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4025 Load Address: 00000000
4026 Entry Point: 0000000c
4027 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004028
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004029 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
4030 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4031 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4032 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4033 Load Address: 00000000
4034 Entry Point: 00000000
4035 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004036
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004037 => bootm 40100000 40200000
4038 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
4039 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4040 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4041 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4042 Load Address: 00000000
4043 Entry Point: 0000000c
4044 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4045 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4046 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
4047 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4048 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4049 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4050 Load Address: 00000000
4051 Entry Point: 00000000
4052 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4053 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
4054 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
4055 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
4056 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4057 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4058 ...
4059 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
4060 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004061
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004062 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004063
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004064Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
4065-----------
4066
4067First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
4068titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
4069following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
4070flat device tree:
4071
4072=> print oftaddr
4073oftaddr=0x300000
4074=> print oft
4075oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
4076=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
4077Speed: 1000, full duplex
4078Using TSEC0 device
4079TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
4080Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
4081Load address: 0x300000
4082Loading: #
4083done
4084Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
4085=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
4086Speed: 1000, full duplex
4087Using TSEC0 device
4088TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
4089Filename 'uImage'.
4090Load address: 0x200000
4091Loading:############
4092done
4093Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
4094=> print loadaddr
4095loadaddr=200000
4096=> print oftaddr
4097oftaddr=0x300000
4098=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
4099## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004100 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
4101 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4102 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004103 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004104 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004105 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4106 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4107Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
4108Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
4109Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
4110[snip]
4111
4112
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004113More About U-Boot Image Types:
4114------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004115
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004116U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004117
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004118 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
4119 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
4120 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
4121 the Standalone Program.
4122 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
4123 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
4124 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
4125 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
4126 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
4127 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
4128 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
4129 being started.
4130 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
4131 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
4132 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
4133 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
4134 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
4135 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004136
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004137 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
4138 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
4139 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
4140 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
4141 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
4142 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004143
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004144 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
4145 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
4146 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004147
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004148 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
4149 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
4150 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
4151 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004152
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004153
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004154Standalone HOWTO:
4155=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004156
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004157One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
4158run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
4159U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004160
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004161Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004162
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004163"Hello World" Demo:
4164-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004165
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004166'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
4167application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
4168It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
4169like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004170
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004171 => loads
4172 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4173 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
4174 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4175 [file transfer complete]
4176 [connected]
4177 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004178
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004179 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
4180 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4181 Hello World
4182 argc = 7
4183 argv[0] = "40004"
4184 argv[1] = "Hello"
4185 argv[2] = "World!"
4186 argv[3] = "This"
4187 argv[4] = "is"
4188 argv[5] = "a"
4189 argv[6] = "test."
4190 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
4191 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004192
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004193 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004194
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004195Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
4196handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
4197Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
4198The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
4199character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
4200controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004201
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004202 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
4203 b - enable interrupts and start timer
4204 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
4205 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004206
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004207 => loads
4208 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4209 ~>examples/timer.srec
4210 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4211 [file transfer complete]
4212 [connected]
4213 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004214
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004215 => go 40004
4216 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4217 TIMERS=0xfff00980
4218 Using timer 1
4219 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004220
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004221Hit 'b':
4222 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
4223 Enabling timer
4224Hit '?':
4225 [q, b, e, ?] ........
4226 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
4227Hit '?':
4228 [q, b, e, ?] .
4229 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
4230Hit '?':
4231 [q, b, e, ?] .
4232 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
4233Hit '?':
4234 [q, b, e, ?] .
4235 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
4236Hit 'e':
4237 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
4238Hit 'q':
4239 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004240
4241
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004242Minicom warning:
4243================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004244
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004245Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
4246"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
4247consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
4248Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
4249especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
4250use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command).
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004251
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004252Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
4253configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004254
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004255 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
4256 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
4257 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004258
4259
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004260NetBSD Notes:
4261=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004262
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004263Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
4264(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004265
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004266Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
4267NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
4268need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
4269Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
4270attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
4271missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004272
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004273 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
4274 # mkdir powerpc
4275 # ln -s powerpc machine
4276 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
4277 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004278
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004279Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
4280and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004281
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004282Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
4283stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
4284proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
4285tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00004286meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004287
4288
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004289Implementation Internals:
4290=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004291
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004292The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
4293implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
4294inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
4295hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004296
4297
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004298Initial Stack, Global Data:
4299---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004300
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004301The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
4302starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
4303system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
4304This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
4305is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
4306at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
4307options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
4308models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
4309MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
4310locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004311
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004312 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004313 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004314
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004315 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
4316 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
4317 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
4318 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004319
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004320 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
4321 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
4322 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
4323 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
4324 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004325 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004326 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
4327 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004328
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004329 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
4330 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004331 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004332 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
4333 board designers haven't used it for something that would
4334 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
4335 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004336
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004337 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004338 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
4339 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02004340 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004341 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
4342 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
4343 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
4344 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
4345 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004346
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004347 -Chris Hallinan
4348 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004349
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004350It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
4351code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004352
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004353* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
4354 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004355
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004356* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004357 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
4358 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004359
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004360* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
4361 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004362
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004363Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
4364normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
4365turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
4366simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
4367functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
4368functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
4369the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
4370place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
4371reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004372
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004373When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
4374relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
4375GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004376
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004377For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
4378 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004379 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004380 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
4381 R5-R10: parameter passing
4382 R13: small data area pointer
4383 R30: GOT pointer
4384 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004385
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01004386 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
4387 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
4388 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004389
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004390 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004391
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004392 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
4393 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
4394 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
4395 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
4396 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
4397 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004398
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00004399On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05004400 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
4401
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00004402 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05004403
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004404On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004405
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004406 R0: function argument word/integer result
4407 R1-R3: function argument word
4408 R9: GOT pointer
4409 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled)
4410 R11: argument (frame) pointer
4411 R12: temporary workspace
4412 R13: stack pointer
4413 R14: link register
4414 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004415
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004416 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004417
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08004418On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
4419 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
4420
4421 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
4422
4423 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
4424 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
4425
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004426On NDS32, the following registers are used:
4427
4428 R0-R1: argument/return
4429 R2-R5: argument
4430 R15: temporary register for assembler
4431 R16: trampoline register
4432 R28: frame pointer (FP)
4433 R29: global pointer (GP)
4434 R30: link register (LP)
4435 R31: stack pointer (SP)
4436 PC: program counter (PC)
4437
4438 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
4439
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02004440NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
4441or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004442
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004443Memory Management:
4444------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004445
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004446U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
4447MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004448
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004449The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
4450controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
4451memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
4452physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004453
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004454U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
4455TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
4456booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
4457to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004458memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004459configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
4460Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004461
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004462Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
4463of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004464
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004465So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
4466this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004467
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004468 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
4469 :
4470 0x0000 1FFF
4471 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
4472 :
4473 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004474
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004475 :
4476 :
4477 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
4478 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
4479 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
4480 :
4481 0x00FD FFFF
4482 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
4483 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
4484 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
4485 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004486
4487
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004488System Initialization:
4489----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004490
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004491In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004492(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004493configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
4494To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
4495To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
4496initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
4497which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
4498part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
4499the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004500
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004501Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
4502preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
4503(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
4504on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
4505programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
4506simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
4507banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004508
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004509When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
4510different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
4511bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
45120x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
4513contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004514
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004515Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
4516and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
4517Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
4518pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004519
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004520Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
4521until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
4522running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
4523new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004524
4525
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004526U-Boot Porting Guide:
4527----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004528
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004529[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
4530list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004531
4532
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004533int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004534{
4535 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004536
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004537 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
4538 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004539
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004540 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004541 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004542 return 0;
4543 }
4544
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004545 Download latest U-Boot source;
4546
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004547 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004548
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004549 if (clueless)
4550 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004551
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004552 while (learning) {
4553 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004554 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
4555 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004556 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004557 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004558 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004559
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004560 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
4561 Buy a BDI3000;
4562 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004563 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004564
4565 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
4566 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
4567 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
4568 } else {
4569 Create your own board support subdirectory;
4570 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004571 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004572 Edit new board/<myboard> files
4573 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004574
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004575 while (!accepted) {
4576 while (!running) {
4577 do {
4578 Add / modify source code;
4579 } until (compiles);
4580 Debug;
4581 if (clueless)
4582 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
4583 }
4584 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
4585 if (reasonable critiques)
4586 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
4587 else
4588 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004589 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004590
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004591 return 0;
4592}
4593
4594void no_more_time (int sig)
4595{
4596 hire_a_guru();
4597}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004598
4599
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004600Coding Standards:
4601-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004602
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004603All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02004604coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004605"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004606
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02004607Source files originating from a different project (for example the
4608MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
4609reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
4610sources.
4611
4612Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
4613Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
4614in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004615
4616Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
4617- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004618- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004619- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004620- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004621- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
4622
4623Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
4624with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004625
4626
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004627Submitting Patches:
4628-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004629
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004630Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
4631establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
4632may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004633
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02004634Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004635
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004636Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
4637see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
4638
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004639When you send a patch, please include the following information with
4640it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004641
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004642* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
4643 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
4644 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004645
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004646* For new features: a description of the feature and your
4647 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004648
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004649* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
4650
4651* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
4652
4653* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004654 board to the MAINTAINERS file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004655
4656* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
4657 document these in the README file.
4658
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004659* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
4660 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004661 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004662 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
4663 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004664
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004665 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
4666 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
4667 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004668
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004669 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
4670 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
4671 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
4672 affected files).
4673
4674 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
4675 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004676
4677* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
4678 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
4679
4680* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
4681 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
4682
4683
4684Notes:
4685
4686* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
4687 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
4688 for any of the boards.
4689
4690* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
4691 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
4692 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
4693
4694* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
4695 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
4696 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
4697 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
4698 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
4699 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00004700
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004701* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
4702 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
4703 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
4704 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.